[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/ 01/01: Drop Finnish translation of the Stretch manual as only 3 strings were translated.
Holger Levsen
holger at layer-acht.org
Fri Sep 1 10:05:58 UTC 2017
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script.
holger pushed a commit to branch master
in repository debian-edu-doc.
commit f0aaf1673b97f1077f81be50191bca429bc7df65
Author: Holger Levsen <holger at layer-acht.org>
Date: Fri Sep 1 12:05:43 2017 +0200
Drop Finnish translation of the Stretch manual as only 3 strings were translated.
Signed-off-by: Holger Levsen <holger at layer-acht.org>
---
debian/changelog | 2 +
.../debian-edu-stretch-manual.fi.po | 8474 --------------------
2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 8474 deletions(-)
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index 0924f9c..c43d335 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ debian-edu-doc (1.923~20170823) UNRELEASED; urgency=medium
[ Holger Levsen ]
* Bump standards version to 4.0.1, no changes needed.
+ * Drop Finnish translation of the Stretch manual as only 3 strings were
+ translated.
[ Wolfgang Schweer ]
* Replace existing boot menu screenshots with recent ones from the wiki.
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-stretch/debian-edu-stretch-manual.fi.po b/documentation/debian-edu-stretch/debian-edu-stretch-manual.fi.po
deleted file mode 100644
index a60cbaf..0000000
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-stretch/debian-edu-stretch-manual.fi.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8474 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL at ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-08-10 15:39+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-17 06:21+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ekeimaja <ekeimaja at gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Finnish <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-"
-"documentation/debian-edu-stretch/fi/>\n"
-"Language: fi\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 2.14-dev\n"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article>
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "fi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Stretch 9+edu0 Manual"
-msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Stretch 9+edu0 Käsikirja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch"
-msgstr "Käsikirja Debian Edu 9+edu0 Koodinimi \"Stretch\" käyttöön"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/23-Tjener-Login.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "Debian Edu login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu Stretch 9+edu0 release."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Stretch\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the "
-"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be "
-"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"http://maintainer."
-"skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing "
-"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Directly after installation of a school server all services needed for a "
-"school network are set up (see the next chapter <link linkend=\"Architecture"
-"\">details of the architecture of this setup</link>) and the system is ready "
-"to be used. Only users and machines need to be added via GOsa², a "
-"comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using "
-"PXE has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main server "
-"from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be installed "
-"via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that can be "
-"taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks) as well as "
-"PXE booting for diskless machines like traditional thin clients."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Several educational applications like celestia, drgeo, gcompris, kalzium, "
-"kgeography, solfege and scratch are included in the default desktop setup, "
-"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Some history and why two names"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\">Skolelinux</ulink> is a Linux "
-"distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=\"http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink> distribution "
-"it is an official <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> "
-"subproject."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian "
-"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-"
-"network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the "
-"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both "
-"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and "
-"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The main target group in Norway initially were schools serving the 6-16 "
-"years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several countries around "
-"the world, with most installations in Norway, Spain, Germany and France."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Architecture"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
-"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Stretch.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "The Debian Edu network topology"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
-"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, "
-"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers "
-"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of "
-"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a "
-"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate "
-"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't "
-"affect the rest of the network services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
-"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
-"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to "
-"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
-"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that "
-"service to the right computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
-"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
-"both a modem and an ISDN connection; however, no attempt is made to make "
-"such a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust "
-"the default situation to this should be documented separately)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "The default network setup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"DHCPD on Tjener serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a syslinux menu via "
-"PXE-boot where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, "
-"boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the "
-"local hard disk."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This is designed to be modified - that is, you can have the NFS-root in "
-"syslinux pointing to one of the LTSP servers or change the DHCP next-server "
-"option (stored in LDAP) to have clients directly boot via PXE from the "
-"terminal server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"DHCPD on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second "
-"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and "
-"should seldom need to be changed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Main server (tjener)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is "
-"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address "
-"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's "
-"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and "
-"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Services running on the main server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are "
-"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
-"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to "
-"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). "
-"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively "
-"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services "
-"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service "
-"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new "
-"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of "
-"course)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
-"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain "
-"text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
-"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration "
-"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus "
-"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an "
-"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Centralised Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "rsyslog"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Domain Name Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "DNS (BIND)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "DHCP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "bootps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Clock Synchronisation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "NTP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Home Directories via Network File System"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "SMB / NFS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "homes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Electronic Post Office"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "postoffice"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Directory Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "OpenLDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "ldap"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "User Administration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "GOsa²"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "---"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Web Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Apache/PHP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "www"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Central Backup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "backup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Web Cache"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Proxy (Squid)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "webcache"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Printing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "CUPS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "ipp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Secure Remote Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "OpenSSH"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "ssh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Cfengine"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "cfengine"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "LTSP Server/s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "LTSP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "ltsp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Network Block Device Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "NBD"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid ""
-"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
-"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "sitesummary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are "
-"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all "
-"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine "
-"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via "
-"NFS for Unix clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, "
-"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has "
-"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the "
-"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email"
-"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
-"the central user database for authentication and authorisation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
-"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
-"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
-"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.0.0/8, "
-"while thin clients are connected to the corresponding LTSP server via the "
-"separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic "
-"of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
-"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
-"incoming messages from the local network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
-"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
-"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network "
-"can use it as the main DNS Server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server "
-"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
-"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will "
-"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be "
-"programmable on the server side."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
-"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
-"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will "
-"have information on users, user groups, machines, and groups of machines. To "
-"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups, "
-"mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines "
-"which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups "
-"and mailing lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow "
-"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part "
-"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user "
-"groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
-"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this "
-"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) "
-"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the "
-"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against "
-"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct "
-"time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main "
-"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to "
-"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they "
-"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "LTSP server(s)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers (which we called \"thin "
-"client servers\" in releases before Stretch), which are installed by "
-"selecting the LTSP Server profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and "
-"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Please note: Thin clients are using the programs installed on the server. "
-"Diskless workstations are using the programs installed in the server's LTSP "
-"chroot, the client root filesystem is provided using NBD (Network Block "
-"Device). After each modification to the LTSP chroot the related NBD image "
-"has to be re-generated; run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</"
-"computeroutput> on the LTSP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Thin clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This "
-"means that the machine boots from a diskette or directly from the server "
-"using network-PROM (or PXE) without using the local client hard drive. The "
-"thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
-"effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the "
-"service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the "
-"network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using NBD, "
-"and finally the X Window System is started. The display manager (LDM) "
-"connects to the LTSP server via SSH with X-forwarding. This way all data is "
-"encrypted on the network. For very old thin clients which are too slow for "
-"the encryption this can be set to the behavior from former versions, which "
-"is to use a direct X connection via XDMCP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Diskless workstations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For diskless workstations the terms \"stateless workstations\", \"lowfat "
-"clients\" or \"half-thick clients\" are also used. For the sake of clarity "
-"this manual sticks to the term \"diskless workstations\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
-"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot directly "
-"from the server's hard drive without running software installed on a local "
-"hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) "
-"hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software "
-"is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local "
-"installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are "
-"stored on the server too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
-"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Networked clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
-"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running Mac OS or "
-"Windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Administration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will "
-"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be "
-"possible to log in to all machines via SSH (by default, root is not allowed "
-"to log in with password), and thereby have full access to the machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
-"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user "
-"authentication."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinstall (CD) "
-"and multi-arch USB flash drive. Both images can also be booted from USB "
-"sticks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and "
-"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
-"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmål, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (main "
-"server, workstation, LTSP server, ...). All other configuration will be set "
-"up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central "
-"location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "File system access configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
-"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
-"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to "
-"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by "
-"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by "
-"anyone but the user."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
-"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
-"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</"
-"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, "
-"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user "
-"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to "
-"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, "
-"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as "
-"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have "
-"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or "
-"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the "
-"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file "
-"sharing between the members of a group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. "
-"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as "
-"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files "
-"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by "
-"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of "
-"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to "
-"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and "
-"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the "
-"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the "
-"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material "
-"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this "
-"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are "
-"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely "
-"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive "
-"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want "
-"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration "
-"issues)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Requirements"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
-"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many "
-"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the "
-"configuration of network components, servers and client machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Hardware requirements"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend="
-"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit "
-"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) "
-"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"At least 2 GiB RAM for 30 clients and 4 GiB RAM for 50-60 clients are "
-"recommended for the main and LTSP server profiles."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Thin clients with only 64 MiB RAM and 133 MHz on 32 bit processors are "
-"possible, though 256 MiB RAM or more and faster processors are recommended."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Swapping over the network is automatically enabled for LTSP clients; the "
-"swap size is 512 MiB, and if you need more you can tune this by editing "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf</computeroutput> on tjener to set "
-"the SIZE variable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"If your diskless workstations have hard drives, it is recommended to use "
-"them for swap as it is a lot faster than network swapping."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 800 MHz and "
-"512 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern "
-"webbrowsers and LibreOffice 1024 MiB RAM is recommended."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"On workstations with little RAM the spell checker might cause LibreOffice to "
-"hang if the swap space is also too small. If this happens frequently the "
-"spell checker can be disabled by system administrators."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"combined main server + LTSP server: 70 GiB. As usual with disk space on a "
-"main server, \"the bigger the better\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "LTSP server: 50 GiB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network "
-"architecture:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8),"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients (192.168.0.0/24 as default), but <link "
-"linkend=\"NetworkClients--Use_a_different_LTSP_client_network\">others are "
-"possible</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as "
-"workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Hardware known to work"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/smile.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid ":)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to "
-"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, "
-"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing "
-"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"An excellent database of hardware supported by Debian is online at <ulink "
-"url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Requirements for network setup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Default Setup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different "
-"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more could be added."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each "
-"LTSP server network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses "
-"assigned."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Internet router"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and "
-"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal "
-"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
-"this is not needed and will not be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it like needed "
-"(not allowed to, technical reasons), a system with two network interfaces "
-"could be turned into a gateway if the Debian Edu 'Minimal' profile is "
-"installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "After the installation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "As an option install a firewall and / or a traffic shaping tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/sh\n"
-" # Turn a system with profile 'Minimal' into a gateway/firewall. \n"
-" #\n"
-" sed -i 's/auto eth0/auto eth0 eth1/' /etc/network/interfaces\n"
-" sed -i '/eth1/ s/dhcp/static/' /etc/network/interfaces\n"
-" echo 'address 10.0.0.1' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n"
-" echo 'netmask 255.0.0.0' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n"
-" hostname -b gateway\n"
-" hostname > /etc/hostname \n"
-" service networking stop\n"
-" service networking start\n"
-" sed -i 's#NAT=#NAT=\"10.0.0.0/8\"#' /etc/default/enable-nat \n"
-" service enable-nat restart\n"
-" # You might want a firewall (shorewall or ufw) and traffic shaping.\n"
-" #apt update\n"
-" #apt install shorewall\n"
-" # or\n"
-" #apt install ufw\n"
-" #apt install wondershaper"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In case you are looking for a complete router firewall solution capable of "
-"running on an old PC, we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org"
-"\">IPCop</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw</"
-"ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
-"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course "
-"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is "
-"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT "
-"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start"
-"\">supported hardware</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url="
-"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented "
-"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an "
-"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
-"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
-"architecture</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Installation and download options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Where to find additional information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url="
-"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes for "
-"Debian Stretch</ulink> before you start installing a system for production "
-"use. Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid ":-)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/alert.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "/!\\"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Be sure to read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</link> "
-"chapter of this manual, though, as it explains how to log in for the first "
-"time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Even more information about the Debian Stretch release is available in its "
-"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual"
-"\">installation manual</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "netinstall CD image for i386, amd64"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The netinstall CD, which also can be used for installation from USB flash "
-"drives, is suitable to install i386 and amd64 machines. As the name implies, "
-"internet access is required for the installation. It's available via"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0-CD.iso"
-"\">debian-edu-9+edu0-CD.iso</ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-"
-"edu-9+edu0-CD.iso ./debian-edu-9+edu0-CD.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "USB drive ISO image for i386 and amd64"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The multi-architecture ISO image is 5.5 GiB large and can be used for "
-"installation of amd64 and i386 machines. Like the netinstall image it can be "
-"installed on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size. Please note "
-"that internet access is needed during installation if the 'LTSP Server' "
-"profile is chosen. Like the others it can be downloaded over HTTP or rsync "
-"via:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0-USB."
-"iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0-USB.iso</ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-"
-"edu-9+edu0-USB.iso ./debian-edu-9+edu0-USB.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Sources"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Request a CD / DVD by mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD sent "
-"for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink url="
-"\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no</ulink> and we will discuss the "
-"payment details (for shipping and media)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in the "
-"email."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Installing Debian Edu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose "
-"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding "
-"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian "
-"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 52,000 packages to choose "
-"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our "
-"defaults should be fine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Installation types and options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK "
-"installer where you can use the mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu "
-"with more detailed options to choose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">32-bit install options ></emphasis> allows a 32-"
-"bit installation on 64-bit hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the "
-"installer; see screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access "
-"to all available questions, mouse usable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this "
-"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a "
-"preseed file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all "
-"available questions in text mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this "
-"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a "
-"preseed file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 32-bit Hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/01b-Installer_32bit_boot_menu.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "32-bit Installer boot menu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Explanations are similar to those for 64-bit hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/01c-Installer_help.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "Installer help screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the "
-"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the "
-"boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for <emphasis role=\"strong"
-"\">Graphical install</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/BD_command_line.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "Edit command line options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the "
-"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add <computeroutput>mirror/"
-"http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> as an additional boot "
-"parameter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further "
-"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the "
-"proxy of the main server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop instead of "
-"the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop, replace "
-"kde with gnome in the <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput> parameter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop instead, "
-"use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>. (Recommended if LTSP is "
-"intended to be used.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> desktop instead, "
-"use <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop "
-"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "The installation process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Remember the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Stretch/Requirements\">system requirements</ulink> and make sure you have at "
-"least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up an LTSP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-"
-"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per "
-"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you "
-"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in "
-"addition to this one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
-"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are "
-"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile "
-"are stored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, "
-"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and "
-"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops "
-"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as "
-"suggested in earlier releases."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. "
-"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This "
-"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more "
-"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend="
-"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this "
-"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if "
-"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, "
-"too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it "
-"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
-"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and "
-"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved "
-"out from the main-server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong"
-"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</"
-"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one "
-"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main "
-"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and "
-"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume "
-"most people will install <link linkend=\"Installation--"
-"Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients\">via "
-"PXE</link> afterwards. Please note that you must have 2 network cards "
-"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main "
-"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes"
-"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand "
-"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required "
-"partitions are created and are big enough."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
-"skolelinux.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and "
-"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a "
-"simple way for you to help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will "
-"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running "
-"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user "
-"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is "
-"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux "
-"network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a "
-"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> - "
-"otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password will be "
-"accepted by the installer)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Be happy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Notes on some characteristics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "A note on notebooks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see "
-"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care "
-"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, "
-"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop "
-"to the network and logged in with the new password)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "A note on multi-arch USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"After you install from the multi-arch USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain "
-"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly "
-"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates "
-"can be installed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ stretch main \n"
-"deb http://security.debian.org/ stretch/updates main"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "A note on CD installs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) "
-"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount "
-"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays "
-"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktops). Once "
-"you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-server or combi-"
-"server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid "
-"downloading the same package several times from the net."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Notes on LTSP Server installations using only Thin-Clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Providing the kernel boot parameter <computeroutput>edu-skip-ltsp-make-"
-"client</computeroutput> makes it possible to skip one step which converts "
-"the LTSP chroot from a thin-client chroot into a combined thin-client/"
-"diskless workstation chroot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This is useful in certain situations, such as if you want a pure thin client "
-"chroot or if there is already a diskless chroot on another server, which can "
-"be rsynced. For these situations skipping this step will cut down the "
-"installation time considerably."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Except for the longer installation time there is no harm in always creating "
-"combined chroots, which is why this is done by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Since the Squeeze release it is possible to directly copy the CD/DVD/BD "
-"<computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> images to a USB flash drive (also "
-"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like "
-"this, just adapting the file and device names to your needs:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>sudo dd if=debian-edu-amd64-i386-XXX.iso of=/dev/sdX "
-"bs=1024</computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just "
-"like a CD or Blu-ray disc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Installation over the network (PXE) and booting diskless clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main "
-"server. When clients boot via the main network, a new PXE menu with "
-"installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails "
-"with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably "
-"the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian "
-"Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the "
-"command: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware "
-"</computeroutput> on the server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This is how the PXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-"
-"Server</emphasis> profile only:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/pxe-tjener.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "width=400"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This is how the PXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main "
-"Server</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis> "
-"profiles:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default one, "
-"press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted "
-"on the main network. Unlike workstations, diskless workstations don't have "
-"to be added to LDAP with GOsa², but can be, for example if you want to force "
-"the hostname."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend="
-"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Modifying PXE installations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be "
-"modified to ask for more packages to install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/"
-"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/"
-"install.cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/etc/"
-"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files can be "
-"changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more "
-"questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to "
-"provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</"
-"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install."
-"dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-"
-"pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/"
-"releases/stretch/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines "
-"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, "
-"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and "
-"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in "
-"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </"
-"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when "
-"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "
-"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </"
-"computeroutput>\" part from the last one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the "
-"preseeding file is downloaded. These are configured in the PXElinux-based "
-"boot arguments available from <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftproot/debian-edu/"
-"install.cfg</computeroutput>. Language, keyboard layout and desktop are "
-"examples of such settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Custom images"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use "
-"the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian Installer</"
-"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. <ulink url="
-"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> allows "
-"you to define answers to the questions normally asked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
-"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url="
-"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</"
-"ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Screenshot tour"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - "
-"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity "
-"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the "
-"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + "
-"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of "
-"the main server, a PXE boot on the workstation network and on the LTSP "
-"client network:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/02-select_a_language.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "02-select_a_language.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/03-select_your_location.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "03-select_your_location.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "13-Install the base system.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/14-Select_and_install_software.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "14-Select_and_install_software.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/17-Select_and_install_software.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "17-Select_and_install_software.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "18-Build LTSP chroot.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "tjener KDM Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "KDE and Browser"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "Diskless Workstation Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "KDE Desktop and Menu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Getting started"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Minimum steps to get started"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In "
-"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This "
-"account is special, as there's no Samba account (can be added via GOsa²), "
-"the home directory permission is set to 700 (so <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</"
-"computeroutput> is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the "
-"first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> to become root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--"
-"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> "
-"before adding users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Log into the server - with the root account you cannot log in graphically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Add users with GOsa²"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Add workstations with GOsa² - thin-client and diskless workstation can be "
-"used directly without this step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read "
-"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps "
-"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the "
-"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Stretch</link> chapter should be "
-"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those "
-"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend="
-"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use "
-"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS "
-"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf."
-"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks "
-"and some frequently asked questions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "Debian Edu KDE desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
-"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Introduction to GOsa²"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important "
-"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or "
-"delete) these main groups:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Group Administration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "NIS Netgroup Administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Machine Administration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "DNS Administration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "DHCP Administration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system "
-"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was "
-"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + "
-"Workstation profiles). If all of the mentioned before is not available, see: "
-"<link linkend=\"Administration--"
-"Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-"
-"\">Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² "
-"access, and log in as the first user."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a new Debian Edu Stretch machine, the site certificate will "
-"be known by the browser."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being "
-"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to "
-"accept it and ignore that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For general information on GOsa² have a look at: <ulink url=\"https://oss."
-"gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on "
-"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left "
-"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration "
-"pages offered by GOsa²."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP "
-"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the "
-"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and the Windows machines on the "
-"network. With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only "
-"needs to be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the "
-"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and "
-"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can "
-"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the "
-"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/"
-"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of "
-"the Debian Edu main server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two "
-"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP "
-"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" "
-"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, "
-"Skolelinux workstations, Windows machines, printers etc.) are currently "
-"added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this "
-"structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with "
-"common home directories for each group in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Stretch//HowTo/"
-"AdvancedAdministration#User_Customisations_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">HowTo/"
-"AdvancedAdministration</ulink> chapter of this manual.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, "
-"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the "
-"selected department (or the base level)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "User Management with GOsa²"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the "
-"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" "
-"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Super-Administrator (the first "
-"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</"
-"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your "
-"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base "
-"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Adding users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move "
-"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" "
-"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) "
-"and the full name of your user (see image)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username "
-"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username "
-"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a "
-"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name "
-"contains non-ASCII characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username "
-"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the "
-"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add "
-"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an "
-"additional option to the \"location definition\".)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for "
-"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has "
-"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that "
-"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You "
-"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine "
-"within your network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Search, modify and delete users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/filterbox.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "Filterbox"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your "
-"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a "
-"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your "
-"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree "
-"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle "
-"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and "
-"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide "
-"actions for you: cut entry, copy entry, edit user, lock account, set "
-"password, take snapshot (not usable) and remove user."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the "
-"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user "
-"belongs to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/edit_user.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "Editing user data"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Set passwords"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their "
-"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided "
-"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will "
-"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to "
-"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in "
-"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the "
-"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by "
-"yourself"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/change_password_administratively.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "Set user password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to "
-"guess passwords!</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Advanced user management"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which "
-"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example "
-"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the "
-"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name "
-"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in "
-"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include "
-"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing "
-"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</"
-"computeroutput> on the command line)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite "
-"intolerant about them):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Use \",\" as field separator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Do not use quotes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header "
-"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during "
-"the mass import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "The mass import steps are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be "
-"imported"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import "
-"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a "
-"few fictional users, which can be deleted later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Group Management with GOsa²"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/create_group.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "create group"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/list_groups.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose "
-"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"By default, the appropriate Samba group isn't created. If you forgot to "
-"check the Samba group option during group creation, you can modify the group "
-"later on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where "
-"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the "
-"LDAP tree level, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
-"you can use them for file permissions too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Group Management on the command line"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"# List existing group mapping between UNIX and Windows groups.\n"
-"net groupmap list\n"
-"\n"
-"# Add your new or otherwise missing groups:\n"
-"net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP\"\\\n"
-" comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This is explained in more detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--"
-"Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration"
-"\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in "
-"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
-"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which "
-"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu "
-"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> "
-"chapter of this manual."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Diskless workstations and thin-clients work out-of-the-box when connected to "
-"the main network. Only workstations with disks <emphasis role=\"strong"
-"\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa², but all <emphasis role=\"strong"
-"\">can</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP "
-"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently "
-"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and "
-"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly "
-"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned "
-"dynamically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address "
-"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; "
-"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</"
-"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in "
-"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first "
-"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for "
-"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and "
-"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. "
-"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching "
-"icon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have "
-"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the "
-"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to "
-"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of "
-"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one "
-"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> "
-"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after "
-"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the "
-"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: "
-"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups if "
-"needed, reboot the system afterwards. The following screenshots show how "
-"this looks in practice:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"root at tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7 -t workstations\n"
-"info: Create GOsa machine for auto-mac-00-04-76-d3-28-b7.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7.\n"
-"\n"
-"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n"
-"\n"
-"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
-"enter password:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/gosa_systems_list.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "GOsa² systems listing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "Host details"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "Modify host"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "Add netgroup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</"
-"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Search and delete machines"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and "
-"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its "
-"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name "
-"(as you would with users)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know "
-"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this "
-"context."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> "
-"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that "
-"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the "
-"services that machine can use on your main-server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</"
-"computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "fsautoresize-hosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "ltsp-server-hosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "netblock-hosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "printer-hosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "server-hosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "winstation-hosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "workstation-hosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is "
-"used for"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "NFS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The home directories are exported by the main-server to be mounted by the "
-"workstations and the LTSP servers. For security reasons, only hosts within "
-"the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts "
-"<computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> can mount the exported NFS "
-"shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure these kinds of "
-"machines properly in the LDAP tree using GOsa² and to configure them to use "
-"static IP addresses from LDAP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Remember to configure workstations and LTSP servers properly with GOsa², or "
-"your users won't be able to access their home directories. Diskless "
-"workstations and thin clients don't use NFS, so they don't need to be "
-"configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "fs-autoresize"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions "
-"that run out of space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "shutdown at night"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to "
-"save energy."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print "
-"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines "
-"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might "
-"be used during exams."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Another important part of machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag (in "
-"the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows systems to "
-"the Skolelinux Samba domain, you need to add the Windows host to the LDAP "
-"tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to the domain. "
-"For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux network "
-"see the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--"
-"Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration"
-"\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Printer Management"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For Printer Management point your web browser to <ulink url=\"https://"
-"www:631\"/> and accept the self-signed certificate. This is the normal CUPS "
-"management interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can "
-"clean up the printing queue. By default only root is allowed but this can be "
-"changed: Open /etc/cups/cups-files.conf with an editor and add one or more "
-"valid group names matching your site policy to the line containing "
-"<computeroutput>SystemGroup lpadmin</computeroutput>. Existing GOsa² groups "
-"that might be used are <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> and "
-"<computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> (both with the first user as "
-"member), <computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput> and "
-"<computeroutput>jradmins</computeroutput> (no members after installation)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Clock synchronisation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
-"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
-"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. "
-"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it "
-"is created when used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this "
-"default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
-"the main-server and all clients and LTSP chroots need to be modified. Add "
-"comment (\"#\") marks in front of the <computeroutput>server</"
-"computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted "
-"by running <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart</computeroutput> as "
-"root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run "
-"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Extending full partitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might "
-"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run "
-"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See "
-"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration--"
-"Resizing_Partitions\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Maintenance"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Updating the software"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt-get upgrade</"
-"computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Using <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a "
-"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
-"<computeroutput>apt-get update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of "
-"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt-get upgrade</computeroutput> "
-"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"As Debian Edu uses libpam-tmpdir, setting a per user TMP directory, it is a "
-"good idea to run apt-get without the TMP and TMPDIR variables set in the "
-"LTSP chroot. It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get "
-"known output and sorting order, even though that making a difference is a "
-"bug in a package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"LC_ALL=C apt-get update ; LC_ALL=C TMP= TMPDIR= ltsp-chroot apt-get update\n"
-"LC_ALL=C apt-get upgrade -y\n"
-"LC_ALL=C TMP= TMPDIR= ltsp-chroot -p apt-get upgrade -y\n"
-"ltsp-update-kernels # If a new kernel was installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It is important to run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-kernels</computeroutput> "
-"if a new kernel was installed in the LTSP chroot, to keep the kernel and "
-"kernel modules in sync. The kernel is handed out via TFTP when the machine "
-"does PXE boot, and the kernel modules are fetched from the LTSP chroot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> to re-generate the "
-"NBD image(s)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> "
-"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to "
-"send mail to an address you are reading."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
-"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these "
-"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have "
-"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt-get upgrade</"
-"computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just "
-"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be "
-"configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/"
-"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>. On new "
-"installations security updates are enabled by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog "
-"entries to you via email, or alternativly display them in the terminal when "
-"running <computeroutput>aptitude</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>apt-"
-"get</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a "
-"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed "
-"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to "
-"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-"
-"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the "
-"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside "
-"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also "
-"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Backup Management"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
-"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, "
-"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this "
-"site without using SSL it will fail. Note: the site will only work if you "
-"temporarily allow ssh root login on the backup server (main server 'tjener' "
-"by default)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</"
-"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/"
-"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. "
-"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) "
-"this setup should be fine for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard "
-"drives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or "
-"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
-"command-line:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n"
-" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
-" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</"
-"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the "
-"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
-"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu "
-"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Server Monitoring"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Munin"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
-"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, "
-"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with "
-"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, "
-"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
-"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will "
-"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring "
-"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the "
-"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as "
-"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update "
-"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each "
-"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> "
-"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-"
-"monitoring.org/\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Icinga"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
-"www/icinga/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is "
-"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary "
-"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive "
-"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple "
-"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the "
-"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the "
-"workstation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The username is <computeroutput>icingaadmin</computeroutput> and the default "
-"password is <computeroutput>skolelinux</computeroutput>. For security "
-"reasons, avoid using the same password as root. To change the password you "
-"can run the following command as root:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "htpasswd /etc/icinga/htpasswd.users icingaadmin"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing "
-"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-"
-"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</"
-"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-"
-"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/"
-"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates "
-"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> "
-"with the list of hosts and services to monitor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/"
-"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included "
-"in the generated file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga."
-"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two "
-"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the "
-"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling "
-"<computeroutput>apt-get clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If "
-"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program "
-"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the "
-"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the "
-"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</"
-"computeroutput> netgroup."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally "
-"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt-get upgrade && apt-get dist-"
-"upgrade' as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same. On LTSP "
-"servers, remember to also update the LTSP chroot using <computeroutput>ltsp-"
-"chroot apt-get update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</"
-"computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a "
-"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-"
-"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every "
-"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To upgrade the LTSP chroot, one can use <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot apt-get "
-"update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>. On 64-bit "
-"servers, one will have to add <computeroutput>-a i386</computeroutput> as an "
-"argument to ltsp-chroot. It is a good idea to update the chroot when "
-"updating the host system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid ""
-"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed "
-"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot "
-"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally "
-"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security "
-"issues."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely "
-"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every "
-"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-"
-"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should "
-"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are "
-"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> "
-"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this "
-"host to one or both of these netgroups."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Sitesummary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it "
-"to the central server. The information collected is available in "
-"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in "
-"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to "
-"generate reports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from "
-"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system "
-"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration"
-"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend="
-"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Upgrades"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your "
-"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong"
-"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent "
-"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in "
-"Stretch</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to "
-"upgrade."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "General notes on upgrading"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. "
-"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately not yet true as we modify configuration "
-"files in ways we shouldn't. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian."
-"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information.) Upgrading is still "
-"possible but may require some work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations "
-"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade. The diskless machines "
-"are easy, as their chroot environment can be deleted and recreated, if you "
-"haven't modified it. If you have, the chroot is basically a workstation "
-"chroot anyway, so rather easy to upgrade."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, "
-"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same "
-"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk "
-"and see if everything works as it should."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable "
-"release in its <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks "
-"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they "
-"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued "
-"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink "
-"url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for "
-"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Jessie"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Jessie in a test "
-"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main "
-"server installation (desktop=kde, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP "
-"Server). (For a general overview concerning jessie to stretch upgrade, see: "
-"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\"/>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Please note one difference between <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> and "
-"<computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> in Stretch: By default "
-"<computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> keeps downloaded packages, "
-"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> removes them from the cache (after "
-"successful installation)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix "
-"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then "
-"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Upgrading the main server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt update\n"
-"apt full-upgrade"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Cleanup the package cache:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "apt-get clean"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Stretch:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"# First, adjust for a changed profile name:\n"
-"sed -i 's/Thin-Client-Server/LTSP-Server/' /etc/debian-edu/config\n"
-"# Then it's best to use the new default mirror:\n"
-"sed -i 's/http.debian.net/deb.debian.org/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"# Finally, replace jessie with stretch.\n"
-"sed -i 's/jessie/stretch/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"apt update\n"
-"apt full-upgrade"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <"
-"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep your currently-"
-"installed version' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting "
-"return will be fine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "You will see some prompts about package configurations:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"icinga-cgi: Provide icingaadmin's password (same as used for nagiosadmin)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Just in case several display managers are installed: display-manager: Choose "
-"<computeroutput>lightdm</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Configuring Kerberos Authentication: Enter <computeroutput>kerberos</"
-"computeroutput> as hostname."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Configuring icinga-common: Use external commands with Icinga: Choose <"
-"Yes>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"tftp (etc/inetd.conf): Choose <Yes>. (See atftpd bug <ulink url="
-"\"https://bugs.debian.org/789667#\">789667</ulink>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "/etc/default/ldap2zone: Choose Y."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "/etc/gosa/gosa.conf: Choose N. (Never accept a new gosa.conf version!)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Cope with the Squid3 to Squid renaming:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"service squid stop # This usually takes some time!\n"
-"rm -rf /var/spool/squid\n"
-"umount /var/spool/squid3\n"
-"sed -i 's#spool/squid3#spool/squid#' /etc/fstab\n"
-"mv /var/spool/squid3 /var/spool/squid\n"
-"mount -a\n"
-"rm /etc/squid3 -rf\n"
-"rm /etc/default/squid3 -rf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Modify LDAP to use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) for sudo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'\n"
-"(Enter root password.)\n"
-"Search for 'sudoHost :tjener', replace 'tjener' with 'tjener.intern'\n"
-"(Enter 'y' to modify the LDAP data base.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"cfengine-debian-edu -D installation\n"
-"rm /etc/apache2/conf-enabled/nagios3.conf\n"
-"a2dismod userdir\n"
-"ln -s /etc/apache2/mods-available/userdir.load /etc/apache2/mods-available/debian-edu-userdir.load\n"
-"a2enmod debian-edu-userdir\n"
-"sed -i 's/udp4/udp/' /etc/inetd.conf # Debian Bug #789667 (atftpd)\n"
-"service squid start\n"
-"service apache2 restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Install renamed metapackages:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt update\n"
-"apt install education-networked-common\n"
-"apt install education-ltsp-server # Only if profile 'LTSP-Server' is installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Stretch artwork:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "apt install debian-edu-artwork-softwaves"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"If the upgraded system fails to boot on qemu/kvm, see <ulink url=\"https://"
-"bugs.debian.org/844446#\">844446</ulink>. Changing the architecture away "
-"from Broadwell in QEMU might help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "After reboot, do some more cleanup:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt purge linux-image-3.16.0-4-amd64 \n"
-"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-lines # Only if not wanted as an alternative theme.\n"
-"dpkg -P php5-imagick # Package might not be installed in all cases.\n"
-"rm -rf /etc/php5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Enable otherwise broken PHP 7.0 support:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"a2enmod php7.0 \n"
-"service apache2 restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "if one can send and receive internal email,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "if one can manage printers,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "and if other site specific things are working."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Upgrading a workstation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things "
-"not needed. And then do this in addition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "To enable LDAP connection, renew the server certificate:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"rm /etc/ldap/ssl/ldap-server-pubkey.pem\n"
-"service nslcd stop\n"
-"service fetch-ldap-cert restart\n"
-"service nslcd start"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Upgrading LTSP chroots (default arch i386)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Make sure you have enough disk space. LTSP now uses Network Block Device "
-"(NBD). The NBD image file size is about 4 GiB (default installation). If the "
-"image is updated, another 4 GiB for a temporary file are needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt update\n"
-"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade\n"
-"sed -i 's/jessie/stretch/g' /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt update\n"
-"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade\n"
-"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -f install\n"
-"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Cleaning up:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt --purge autoremove"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Update LTSP support on the server side:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"ltsp-update-kernels\n"
-"ltsp-update-sshkeys\n"
-"ltsp-update-image"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To save disk space, <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image -n</computeroutput> "
-"could be used instead; see <computeroutput>man ltsp-update-image</"
-"computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Recreating an LTSP chroot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"On the LTSP server(s) the LTSP chroot could also be recreated. The new "
-"chroot will still support both thin-clients and diskless workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Remove <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386</computeroutput> (or <computeroutput>/"
-"opt/ltsp/amd64</computeroutput>, depending on your setup). If you have "
-"enough diskspace, consider backing it up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Recreate the chroot by running <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch i386</"
-"computeroutput> (or <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch amd64</"
-"computeroutput>) as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid ""
-"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Jessie)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Jessie "
-"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions "
-"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie#\">Manual for Debian Edu Jessie</"
-"ulink> about how to upgrade to Jessie from the previous release, Wheezy. "
-"Likewise the Wheezy manual describes how to upgrade from Squeeze."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "HowTo"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "HowTos for general administration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
-"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get "
-"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos "
-"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid ""
-"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"With the introduction of <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> in "
-"Debian Edu Squeeze (previous versions used <computeroutput>etcinsvk</"
-"computeroutput> which was removed from Debian), all files in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=\"http://"
-"www.git-scm.com/\">git</ulink> as a version control system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as "
-"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is "
-"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration "
-"history to be extracted and reviewed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</"
-"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in "
-"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> "
-"can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "List of useful commands:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"etckeeper vcs log\n"
-"etckeeper vcs status\n"
-"etckeeper vcs diff\n"
-"etckeeper vcs add .\n"
-"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n"
-"man etckeeper"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Usage examples"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the "
-"system was installed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "etckeeper vcs log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "etckeeper vcs status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Resizing Partitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</"
-"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels "
-"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are "
-"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is "
-"unmounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, "
-"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</"
-"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. "
-"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one "
-"very large one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> "
-"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it "
-"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
-"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</"
-"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. "
-"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according "
-"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will "
-"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument "
-"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these "
-"commands to extend the file systems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in "
-"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache "
-"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be "
-"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-"
-"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this "
-"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/"
-"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as "
-"its cache size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Logical Volume Management"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
-"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url="
-"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
-"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
-"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following "
-"commands:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
-"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and "
-"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal "
-"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) "
-"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first "
-"user):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"$ sudo apt-get update\n"
-" $ sudo apt-get install gnome-session gnome-terminal firefox-esr xorg\n"
-" # after installation, start a graphical session for the first user \n"
-" $ startx"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Using ldapvi"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a "
-"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "The following needs to be executed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the "
-"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</"
-"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get "
-"a vi clone as editor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the "
-"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be "
-"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for "
-"JXplorer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the "
-"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by "
-"default. To get write access connect like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"host: ldap.intern\n"
-"port:636\n"
-"Base dn:dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no \n"
-"Security level: ssl + user + password\n"
-"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access\n"
-"\n"
-"Click \"This session only\" if asked for the certificate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line "
-"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly "
-"useful for testing, though."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Using stable-updates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly "
-"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates "
-"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are "
-"done, which roughly happens every two months."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Using backports to install newer software"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
-"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
-"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
-"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
-"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian "
-"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
-"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all "
-"backports available there.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "Using backports is simple:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"echo \"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ stretch-backports main\" >> /etc/apt sources.list\n"
-"apt-get update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following "
-"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "apt-get install -t stretch-backports tuxtype"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. "
-"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-"
-"free."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Stretch "
-"9.1+edu0 to 9.3+edu1) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only "
-"physical media, follow these steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive, mount it and use the "
-"apt-cdrom command:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"mount /media/cdrom\n"
-"apt-cdrom add -m"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-"
-"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as "
-"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be "
-"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and "
-"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt-get update\n"
-"apt-get upgrade"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of "
-"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to "
-"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job "
-"once an hour."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "To install it run the following command as root:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "apt-get install killer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package "
-"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. The package "
-"is installed by default and preconfigured to install security upgrades. The "
-"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</"
-"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</"
-"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client "
-"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package will try to "
-"turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but "
-"will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the "
-"BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server "
-"will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. "
-"These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is "
-"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, "
-"and as a special case, checking for the LDM ssh connection command to work "
-"with LTSP thin clients."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all "
-"clients do not start at the same time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a "
-"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a "
-"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</"
-"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, "
-"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/"
-"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname "
-"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the "
-"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the "
-"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</"
-"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan "
-"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers "
-"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL "
-"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches "
-"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the "
-"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/"
-"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP "
-"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a "
-"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-"
-"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</"
-"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/sh\n"
-" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n"
-" export PATH\n"
-" sitesummary-nodes -w"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on "
-"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-"
-"utils</computeroutput> package:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/sh\n"
-" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n"
-" export PATH\n"
-" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing "
-"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set "
-"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From "
-"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH "
-"tunnel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid ""
-"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-"
-"server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, "
-"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a "
-"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with "
-"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu "
-"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-"
-"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "install the packages for the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "configure the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "disable the service on main-server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"FIXME: The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"\"/> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific "
-"HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors "
-"(see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving "
-"the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication"
-"\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Advanced administration howto"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Create Users in Year Groups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home "
-"directories for each group (home0/2014, home0/2015, etc). We want to create "
-"the users by csv import."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Make the necessary year group directories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis>(as superuser in Gosa)</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Department"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The "
-"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose "
-"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2014) and Description fields "
-"(students graduating in 2014), leave the Base field as is (should be '/"
-"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2014) should show "
-"up below /Students. Click it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Group"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name "
-"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2014) and click the check box left "
-"of 'Samba group'. 'Ok' to save it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Template"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. "
-"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click "
-"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to "
-"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) "
-"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic, POSIX and "
-"Samba tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new "
-"template."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Now change to /Students/2014 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and "
-"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new "
-"2014 group under Group Membership, too), then add POSIX and Samba account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Import users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users "
-"is recommended."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Other User Customisations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home "
-"directory and set access permissions and ownership."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
-"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
-"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
-" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n"
-" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n"
-" permissions=\"2770\"\n"
-" created_dir=0\n"
-" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
-" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
-" fi\n"
-" done\n"
-" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Easy access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a (diskless) "
-"workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like in "
-"any other normal installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a thin client there is "
-"only a notify-window showing up for a few seconds. The media is "
-"automatically mounted and it is possible to access it browsing to the /media/"
-"$user folder. This is quite difficult for many non experienced users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to have the default KDE \"Plasma\" file manager Dolphin "
-"showing up if KDE \"Plasma\" (or LDXE, if installed in parallel to KDE "
-"\"Plasma\") is in use as desktop environment. To configure this, simply "
-"execute <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/ltspfs-mounter-kde "
-"enable</computeroutput> on the terminal server. (When using GNOME, device "
-"icons will be placed on the desktop allowing easy access)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In addition the following script could be used to create the symlink \"media"
-"\" for all users in their home folder for easy access to USB drives, CD-"
-"ROM / DVD or whatever media is connected to the thin client. This might come "
-"in handy if users want to edit files directly on their plugged in media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
-" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n"
-" shared_folder=\"media\"\n"
-" permissions=\"775\"\n"
-" created_dir=0;\n"
-" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
-" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
-" fi\n"
-" done\n"
-" echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable "
-"media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, they "
-"can even mount the removable devices and access the files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Use a dedicated storage server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home "
-"directories and possibly other data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² "
-"as outlined in the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted--"
-"Machine_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">Getting started</link> chapter of this "
-"manual."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server."
-"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage "
-"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"root at tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n"
-" Export list for nas-server:\n"
-" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n"
-" root at tjener:~#"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage "
-"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP "
-"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports "
-"file.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all "
-"clients to automatically mount the new export on request."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. "
-"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole,"
-"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of "
-"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card "
-"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list "
-"individual mount points in LDAP.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
-" objectClass: automount\n"
-" cn: nas-server\n"
-" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
-"\n"
-" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
-" objectClass: top\n"
-" objectClass: automountMap\n"
-" ou: auto.nas-server\n"
-"\n"
-" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
-" objectClass: automount\n"
-" cn: /\n"
-" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern "
-"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</"
-"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount "
-"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Enable access in case diskless workstations are used. This is a special "
-"case, because sshfs is used instead of NFS and automount:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Create the mount point directories in the LTSP diskless client's root "
-"(default <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/</computeroutput>) as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Add a line containing 'LOCAL_APPS_EXTRAMOUNTS=/storage' to <computeroutput>/"
-"opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput> (example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Create a link in each user's home dir like 'ln -s /storage Storage' to help "
-"users find the resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly "
-"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any "
-"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server, and "
-"visiting ~/Storage in case an LTSP diskless client is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Restrict ssh login access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Setup without LTSP clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say "
-"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the "
-"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the "
-"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh "
-"into the machine from everywhere."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level "
-"(where already other system management related groups like "
-"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/"
-"sshd_config."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Setup with LTSP clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The default LTSP client setup uses ssh connections to the LTSP server. So a "
-"different approach using PAM is needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users "
-"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from "
-"the internal networks by adding these lines:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n"
-"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n"
-"- : ALL : ALL\n"
-"#"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be "
-"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his "
-"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP "
-"server(s) as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "A note for more complex setups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If LTSP clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8 (combi "
-"server or LTSP cluster setup) things would be even more complicated and "
-"maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-"
-"identifier together with apropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable "
-"internal ssh login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Using KDE Plasma, GNOME, LXDE, Xfce and/or MATE together"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To install other desktop environments after installation, simply use apt:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt update\n"
-" apt install education-desktop-gnome education-desktop-lxde education-desktop-xfce education-desktop-mate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Users will then be able to choose any of the five desktop environment via "
-"the login manager before logging in. Of course, you can also choose to give "
-"less choices. Keep in mind that there will be several programs for the same "
-"purpose (like file managers, editors, PDF viewers...) if more than one "
-"desktop environment is installed; this might confuse users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The use of LXDE as default on thin clients can be forced; see <link linkend="
-"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you don't want to do installations with the default desktop KDE Plasma, "
-"you can also <link linkend=\"Installation--Installation_types_and_options"
-"\">install with one of the four alternative desktops, GNOME, LXDE, Xfce or "
-"MATE</link> directly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Flash"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The free software flash-player <computeroutput>gnash</computeroutput> is "
-"installed by default. Installing a non-free flash player is an option. "
-"Please note that upgrading is special in this case."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To install the (non-free) Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
-"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> Debian package from "
-"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>. This requires "
-"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/"
-"sources.list</computeroutput>. Use <computeroutput>update-flashplugin-"
-"nonfree --status</computeroutput> to check for a newer version and "
-"<computeroutput>update-flashplugin-nonfree --install</computeroutput> to "
-"install it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The solution for Chromium is similar, it needs the package "
-"<computeroutput>pepperflashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> (also from "
-"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>) to be installed, which will "
-"install the (non-free) Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin. Use "
-"<computeroutput>update-pepperflashplugin-nonfree --status</computeroutput> "
-"to check for a newer version and <computeroutput>update-pepperflashplugin-"
-"nonfree --install</computeroutput> to install it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Please note that the <computeroutput>pepperflashplugin-nonfree</"
-"computeroutput> package implements a more recent version of the Flash "
-"specification than does the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</"
-"computeroutput>, however."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Playing DVDs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's "
-"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can "
-"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</"
-"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</"
-"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</"
-"computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt update\n"
-"apt install libdvd-pkg"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure "
-"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Handwriting fonts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed "
-"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting "
-"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and "
-"with lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is "
-"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>. <ulink url=\"http://ltsp.org\">LTSP is the "
-"Linux Terminal Server Project</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, "
-"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine "
-"boots from a diskette or directly from the server using network-PROM (or "
-"PXE) without using a local client hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot "
-"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is "
-"administered and maintained on the LTSP server (inside of the LTSP chroot), "
-"but it runs on the diskless workstation. Home directories and system "
-"settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an "
-"excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low "
-"maintenance cost as with thin clients."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"LTSP defines 320MB as the default minimum amount of RAM for diskless "
-"workstations. If the amount of RAM is less, the machine will boot as thin "
-"client. The related LTSP parameter is <computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD</"
-"computeroutput> with the default value 300. So if (for example) the clients "
-"should only boot as diskless workstations if they have 1 GB RAM, add "
-"<computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD=1000</computeroutput> to lts.conf (or set "
-"this in LDAP). Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any "
-"need to add them with GOsa², because LDM is used to login and connect to the "
-"LTSP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-"
-"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems "
-"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing "
-"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the initrd used by "
-"LTSP clients."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "In this case execute the following commands on an LTSP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"# First get information about firmware packages\n"
-"apt-get update && apt-cache search ^firmware-\n"
-"\n"
-"# Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s). \n"
-"# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n"
-"# Things have to take effect in the LTSP chroot for architecture i386.\n"
-"ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-get update\n"
-"ltsp-chroot -d -a i386 apt-get -y -q install <package name>\n"
-"\n"
-"# copy the new initrd to the server's tftpboot directory and update the NBD image.\n"
-"ltsp-update-kernels\n"
-"ltsp-update-image"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"As a shorter alternative -- installing all available firmware and updating "
-"the tftpboot directory -- you could execute:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "LTSP client type selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main "
-"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another "
-"forming a local 192.168.0.0/24 subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP "
-"server)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"On the main subnet the complete PXE menu is provided; the separate subnet "
-"for each LTSP server allows only diskless and thin LTSP client selection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Using the default PXE menu on the main subnet 10.0.0.0/8, a machine could be "
-"started as diskless workstation or thin client. By default clients in the "
-"separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 will run as diskless workstations if the "
-"amount of RAM is sufficient. If all clients in this LTSP client subnet "
-"should run as thin clients, the following has to be done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"(1)Open the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ltsp/update-kernels.conf with an editor\n"
-"and replace the line\n"
-"CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp quiet\"\n"
-"with\n"
-"CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp LTSP_FATCLIENT=False quiet\"\n"
-"(2)Execute 'ltsp-chroot -a i386 /usr/share/ltsp/update-kernels'\n"
-"(3)Execute 'ltsp-update-kernels'\n"
-"(4)Execute 'ltsp-update-image'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Configuring the PXE menu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The PXE configuration is generated using the script <computeroutput>debian-"
-"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows some settings to be overridden "
-"by adding a file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</"
-"computeroutput> with replacement values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Configuring the PXE installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The PXE installation option is by default available to anyone able to PXE "
-"boot a machine. To password protect the PXE installation options, a file "
-"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/menupassword.cfg</computeroutput> can be "
-"created with content similar to this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The password hash should be replaced with an MD5 hash for the desired "
-"password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror "
-"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the "
-"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon "
-"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, "
-"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</"
-"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf "
-"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. "
-"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</"
-"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To "
-"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-"
-"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-"
-"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-"
-"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional "
-"debconf values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link "
-"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> "
-"chapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/"
-"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#add the skole projects local repository\n"
-"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n"
-"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n"
-"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n"
-"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</"
-"computeroutput> once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Changing the PXE menu on a combined (main and LTSP) server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The PXE menu allows network booting of LTSP clients, the installer and other "
-"alternatives. The file <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/"
-"default</computeroutput> is used by default if no other file in that "
-"directory matches the client, and out of the box it is set to link to "
-"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-menu.cfg</"
-"computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If all clients should boot as diskless workstations instead of getting the "
-"full PXE menu, this can be implemented by changing the symlink:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg /var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If all clients should boot as thin clients instead, change the symlink like "
-"this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-thin.cfg /var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"See also the PXELINUX documentation at <ulink url=\"http://syslinux.zytor."
-"com/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Separate main and LTSP server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For performance and security considerations it might be desired to set up a "
-"separate main server which doesn't act as LTSP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To have ltspserver00 serve diskless workstations on the main (10.0.0.0/8) "
-"network, when the main server is not a combined server, follow these steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"copy the <computeroutput>ltsp</computeroutput> directory from "
-"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot</computeroutput> on ltspserver00 to the "
-"same directory on the main server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"copy <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</"
-"computeroutput> to the same directory on the main server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"edit <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</"
-"computeroutput> to use the IP address of ltspserver00; the following example "
-"uses 10.0.2.10 for the IP address of ltspserver00 on the main network:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEFAULT ltsp/i386/vmlinuz initrd=ltsp/i386/initrd.img nfsroot=10.0.2.10:/opt/ltsp/i386 init=/sbin/init-ltsp boot=nfs ro quiet ipappend 2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"set the symlink in <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg</"
-"computeroutput> on the main server to point to <computeroutput>/var/lib/"
-"tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"As an alternative, you could use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>, "
-"search for 'next server tjener' and replace tjener with ltspserver00."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Use a different LTSP client network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed "
-"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different "
-"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second "
-"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 "
-"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any "
-"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Changing network settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the "
-"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/"
-"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is "
-"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP "
-"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian "
-"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as "
-"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing "
-"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would "
-"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main "
-"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS "
-"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require "
-"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In "
-"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "LTSP in detail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "LTSP client configuration in LDAP (and lts.conf)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To configure specific thin clients with particular features, you can add "
-"settings in LDAP or edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts."
-"conf</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"We recommend to configure clients in LDAP (and not edit <computeroutput>lts."
-"conf</computeroutput> directly, however, configuration webforms for LTSP are "
-"currently not available in GOsa², you have to use a plain LDAP browser/"
-"explorer or <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>), as this makes it "
-"possible to add and/or replace LTSP servers without loosing (or having to "
-"redo) configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The default values in LDAP are defined in the "
-"<computeroutput>cn=ltspConfigDefault,ou=ltsp,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</"
-"computeroutput> LDAP object using the <computeroutput>ltspConfig</"
-"computeroutput> attribute. One can also add host specific entries in LDAP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Run <computeroutput>man lts.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at "
-"available configuration options (see <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/"
-"LTSPManual.html</computeroutput> for detailed information about LTSP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The default values are defined under <computeroutput>[default]</"
-"computeroutput>; to configure one client, specify it in terms of its MAC "
-"address or IP address like this: <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</"
-"computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Example: To make the thin client ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
-"something like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To force the use of a specific xserver on an LTSP client, set the "
-"<computeroutput>XSERVER</computeroutput> variable. For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"[192.168.0.11]\n"
-"XSERVER = nvidia"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart the "
-"client."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To use IP addresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> you need to "
-"add the client MAC address to your DHCP server. Otherwise you should use the "
-"client MAC address directly in your <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
-"computeroutput> file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Force all thin clients to use LXDE as default desktop environment"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that LXDE is installed on the LTSP server; then add a line like "
-"this below <computeroutput>[default]</computeroutput> in \"lts.conf\":"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "LDM_SESSION=/usr/bin/startlxde"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Note, that users will still be able to select other installed desktop "
-"environments using the \"Settings\" feature of LDM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Load-balancing LTSP servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Part 1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several LTSP "
-"servers for load-balancing. This is done by providing <computeroutput>/opt/"
-"ltsp/i386/usr/share/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> as a script printing one "
-"or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each LTSP chroot "
-"needs to include the SSH host key for each of the servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the load-balancing "
-"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
-"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
-"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. You will decide later how this "
-"is done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The load-balancing server must be announced to the clients as the \"next-"
-"server\" via DHCP. As DHCP configuration is in LDAP, modifications have to "
-"be done there. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'</"
-"computeroutput> to edit the appropriate entry in LDAP. (Enter the main "
-"server's root password at the prompt; if VISUAL isn't set, the default "
-"editor will be nano.) Search for a line reading "
-"<computeroutput>dhcpStatements: next-server tjener</computeroutput> Next-"
-"server should be the IP address or hostname of the server you chose to be "
-"the load-balancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. "
-"Remember to restart the DHCP service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.0.0 network to the "
-"10.0.0.0 network; attach them to the backbone network instead of the network "
-"attached to the LTSP server's second network card. This is because when you "
-"use load-balancing, the clients need direct access to the server chosen by "
-"LDM. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.0.0 network, all of the "
-"clients' traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen "
-"LDM server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Part 2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script which generates a list of server "
-"names for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. "
-"In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going "
-"to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server "
-"IP address or host name, in random order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Replace xxxx with either the IP addresses or hostnames of the servers as a "
-"space-separated list. Then, put the following script in <computeroutput>/opt/"
-"ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> on the server you chose to "
-"be the load-balancing server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
-" # Randomise the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
-" TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
-" SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
-" for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
-" rank=$RANDOM\n"
-" let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
-" TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
-" done\n"
-" TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
-" for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
-" SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
-" done\n"
-" echo $SHUFFLED_LIST"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Part 3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the SSH "
-"host key for the LTSP chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
-"the content of <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</"
-"computeroutput> from all the LTSP servers that will be load-balanced. Save "
-"this file as <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</"
-"computeroutput> on all load-balanced servers. The last step is very "
-"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
-"and <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</computeroutput> is "
-"included if it exists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you save your new host file as <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/"
-"ssh_known_hosts</computeroutput>, it will be erased when you reboot the "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"There are some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
-"image from the same server, which causes high loads on the server if many "
-"clients are booted at the same time. Also, the clients require that server "
-"to be always available; without it they cannot boot or get an LDM server. "
-"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Your clients should now be load-balanced!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"LTSP thin clients support three different audio systems for applications: "
-"ESD, PulseAudio and ALSA. ESD and PulseAudio support networked audio and "
-"are used to pass audio from the server to the clients. ALSA is configured "
-"to redirect its sound via PulseAudio. For selected applications only "
-"supporting the OSS audio system, a wrapper is created by <computeroutput>/"
-"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/debian-edu-ltsp-audiodivert</"
-"computeroutput> to redirect their sound to PulseAudio. Run this script "
-"without arguments to get a list of applications with such redirection "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally and have none of the special "
-"setup needed for networked audio."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port "
-"are supported)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Configure this machine to run a printer in lts.conf (default location: "
-"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput>), see the LTSP "
-"manual <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/LTSPManual.html#printer</"
-"computeroutput> for details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://"
-"www:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type "
-"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers "
-"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP "
-"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
-"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To "
-"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"ltsp-chroot -a i386 # this does \"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\" and more, ie it also prevents daemons from being started\n"
-"apt update\n"
-"apt upgrade\n"
-"apt full-upgrade\n"
-"exit\n"
-"ltsp-update-image"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Installing additional software in the LTSP environment"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To install additional software for an LTSP client you must perform the "
-"installation inside the chroot of the LTSP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"ltsp-chroot -a i386\n"
-"## optionally, edit the sources.list:\n"
-"#editor /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"apt update\n"
-"apt install $new_package\n"
-"exit\n"
-"ltsp-update-image"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Slow login and security"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Skolelinux has added several security features on the client network "
-"preventing unauthorised superuser access, password sniffing, and other "
-"tricks which may be used on a local network. One such security measure is "
-"secure login using SSH, which is the default with LDM. This can slow down "
-"some client machines which are more than about fifteen years old, with as "
-"little as a 160 MHz processor and 32 MB RAM. Although it's not recommended, "
-"you can add a line to <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</"
-"computeroutput> containing:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "LDM_DIRECTX=True"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: The above protects initial "
-"login, but all activities after that use unencrypted networked X. Passwords "
-"(except the initial one) will travel in cleartext over the network, as well "
-"as anything else."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Note: Since such fifteen-year-old thin clients may also have trouble running "
-"newer versions of LibreOffice and Firefox due to pixmap caching issues, you "
-"may consider running thin clients with at least 128 MB RAM, or upgrade the "
-"hardware, which will also give you the benefit of being able to use them as "
-"diskless workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Joining a domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
-"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main server, "
-"enables Windows clients to store profiles and user data, and also "
-"authenticates the users during the login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Joining a domain with a Windows client requires the steps described in the "
-"<link linkend=\"Samba\">Debian Edu Stretch Samba Howto</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Windows will sync the profiles of domain users on every Windows login and "
-"logout. Depending on how much data is stored in the profile, this could take "
-"some time. To minimise the time needed, deactivate things like local cache "
-"in browsers (you can use the Squid proxy cache installed on the main server "
-"instead) and save files into the H: volume rather than under \"My Documents"
-"\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "User groups in Windows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user group you add through "
-"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
-"available in Windows, e.g. for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
-"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
-"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group-"
-"aware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
-" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
-" comment=\"All students in the school\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"FIXME: It would be even better to first/also explain user groups for Windows "
-"with GOsa² (and then show an example for the command line)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
-"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE</computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
-"use this for example in the logon script which resides on the main server in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "XP home"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Users bringing in their XP laptops from home can still connect to the main "
-"server using their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
-"SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the Windows firewall before "
-"the main server will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever it's "
-"called now)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Roaming profiles contain user work environments which include desktop items "
-"and settings. Examples include personal files, desktop icons and menus, "
-"screen colours, mouse settings, window size and position, application "
-"configurations, and network and printer connections. Roaming profiles are "
-"available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
-"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make Windows "
-"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
-"but the most common problem is that users save their files on the Windows "
-"desktop or in the \"My Documents\" folder instead of in their home "
-"directory. Also, some badly designed programs use the profile to store data "
-"and as scratch space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>The educational approach</emphasis>: one way to deal with "
-"overlarge profiles is to explain the situation to the users. Tell them not "
-"to store huge files on the desktop, and if they fail to listen, it's their "
-"own fault when login is slow."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Tweaking the profile</emphasis>: a different approach to dealing "
-"with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other parts "
-"to regular file storage. This moves the workload from the users to the "
-"administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
-"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Example smb.conf files for roaming profiles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"FIXME: Maybe it is better to purge the examples. People who want to use "
-"roaming profiles should know what they are doing ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note</emphasis> The examples are outdated since in "
-"wheezy kerberos was configured for samba too!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"You might find an example smb.conf in your preferred language delivered by "
-"the installation on the main server under <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/"
-"debian-edu-config/examples/</computeroutput>. The source file is in English "
-"and is called <computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-en.conf</computeroutput>; "
-"look for a file with the appropriate code in the filename (the German "
-"translation, for example, will be named <computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-"
-"de.conf</computeroutput>). Inside the config file are a lot of explanations "
-"which you should have a look at."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Machine policies for roaming profiles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run <computeroutput>gpedit."
-"msc</computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Under the selection \"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates"
-"\" -> \"System\" -> \"User Profiles\" -> \"Exclude directories in "
-"roaming profile\", you can enter a semicolon-separated list of directories "
-"to exclude from the profile. The directories are internationalised and must "
-"be written in your own language the way they are in the profile. Examples of "
-"directories to exclude are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Locale settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "My Documents"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Application Data"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy</computeroutput> to "
-"all other Windows machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"It's a good idea to copy it to your Windows OS deployment system to have it "
-"included at install time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Global policies for roaming profiles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"By using the legacy Windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe</"
-"computeroutput>), you can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) and put it in "
-"your netlogon share on the main server. This has the advantage of working "
-"almost instantly on all Windows machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For some time, the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
-"the Microsoft web site, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"With <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> you can create .pol files. "
-"If you put such a file on the main server as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/"
-"netlogon/NTLOGON.POL</computeroutput> it will automatically be read by "
-"Windows machines and temporarily overwrite the registry, thus applying the "
-"changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To make sensible use of <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> you "
-"also need to download appropriate .adm files for your operating system and "
-"applications; otherwise you cannot define many settings in "
-"<computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Be aware that the new group policy tools, <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</"
-"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>gpmc.msc</computeroutput>, cannot "
-"create .pol files; they either only work for the local machine or need an "
-"Active Directory server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you understand German, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\"/> is a "
-"very good web site on this topic."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Editing Windows registry"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
-"to other computers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
-"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon</computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Use the menu \"Edit menu\" -> \"New\" -> \"String Value\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Enter a semicolon-separated list of paths to exclude (in the same way as for "
-"a machine policy)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file. Mark a "
-"selection, right-click, and select \"Export\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Save the file and you can double click it, or add it to a script to spread "
-"it to other machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Sources:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/"
-"featured/gp/default.mspx\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/"
-"PolicyMgmt.html\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Redirecting profile directories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes just removing directories from the profile is not enough. You may "
-"find that users lose files because they mistakenly save things into \"My "
-"Documents\" when this is not saved in the profiles. You may also want to "
-"redirect the directories used by some badly programmed applications to "
-"normal network shares."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Redirecting using machine policies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"All the instructions given above about machine policies apply here too. You "
-"can use <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</computeroutput> to edit the policy and "
-"copy it to all machines. The redirection should be available under \"User "
-"Configuration\" -> \"Windows Settings\" -> \"Folder Redirection\". "
-"Directories that it can be useful to redirect include \"Desktop\" and \"My "
-"Documents\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
-"folders are automatically added to the synchronised folders list. If you do "
-"not want this, you should disable it via one of the following routes:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"\"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> \"Network\" -"
-"> \"Offline Files\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"\"Computer Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> \"Network"
-"\" -> \"Offline Files\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Redirecting using global policies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"FIXME: explain how to use profiles from global policies for Windows machines "
-"in the skolelinux network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Disabling roaming using a local policy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Using local policies, you can disable the roaming profile on individual "
-"machines. This is often wanted on special machines - for instance on "
-"dedicated machines, or machines that have lower than usual bandwith."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"You can use the machine policy method describe above; the key is in "
-"\"Administrative Templates\" -> \"System\" -> \"User Profiles\" -> "
-"\"Only allow local profiles\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Disabling roaming using global policies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "FIXME: describe roaming profile key for the global policy editor here"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Disabling roaming in smb.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If, perhaps, everyone has their own dedicated machine, and nobody else is "
-"allowed to touch it, editing the Samba configuration will let you disable "
-"roaming profiles for the entire network. You can alter the "
-"<computeroutput>smb.conf</computeroutput> file on the main server, unsetting "
-"the \"logon path\" and \"logon home\" variables, then restart samba."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"logon path = \"\"\n"
-"logon home = \"\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Remote Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Remote Desktop Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also "
-"installs xrdp, a package which uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a "
-"graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to "
-"the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional software - they "
-"simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and "
-"connect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
-"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
-"or Linux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is "
-"capable of RDP and VNC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative "
-"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
-"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
-"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
-"provided NX support to all students since 2005. They report that the "
-"solution is stable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
-"client HowTo</ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> are "
-"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over "
-"here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the "
-"history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto "
-"and putting it under the GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation"
-"\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Samba in Debian Edu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The information in this chapter is outdated. Please read the information "
-"provided on the Samba wiki about supported Windows versions, needed registry "
-"patches and other procedures. Probably a line containing "
-"<computeroutput>server max protocol = NT1</computeroutput> needs to be added "
-"to the <computeroutput>[global]</computeroutput> section of <computeroutput>/"
-"etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. Please "
-"consider updating this chapter if you know how to configure Samba for Debian "
-"Edu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/"
-"Joining_a_Windows_Client_or_Server_to_a_Domain\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/"
-"Required_Settings_for_Samba_NT4_Domains\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Samba has been fully prepared for use as an NT4-style domain controller with "
-"Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7 as clients. After a machine has "
-"joined the domain, this machine can be fully managed with GOsa²."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This documentation presumes that you have installed the Debian Edu main "
-"server and maybe also a Debian Edu workstation to verify that working under "
-"Debian Edu/Skolelinux works for you. We presume that you have already "
-"created some users that can flawlessly use the Debian Edu workstation. We "
-"also presume that you have a Windows XP/Vista/7 workstation at hand, so you "
-"can test access to the Debian Edu main server from a Windows machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"After installation of the Debian Edu main server the Samba host \\\\TJENER "
-"should be visible in your Windows Network Neighbourhood. Debian Edu's "
-"Windows domain is SKOLELINUX. Use a Windows machine (or a Linux system with "
-"smbclient) to browse your Windows/Samba network environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "START -> Run command"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "enter \\\\TJENER and press return"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show the netlogon share on \\"
-"\\TJENER, and maybe printers you already have configured for printing under "
-"Unix/Linux (CUPS queues)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Accessing files via Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Student and teacher user accounts that have been configured via GOsa² should "
-"be able to authenticate against \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER\\<"
-"username> and access their home directories with Windows machines "
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">not</emphasis> joined to the Windows SKOLELINUX "
-"domain."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"enter \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER\\<username> and press return"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"enter your login credentials (username, password) in the authentication "
-"dialog window that appears"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show files and folders in "
-"your Debian Edu home directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"By default only the [homes] and the [netlogon] shares are exported; further "
-"share examples for students and teachers can be found in <computeroutput>/"
-"etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on your Debian Edu main "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Domain Membership"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To use Samba on TJENER as a domain controller, your network's Windows "
-"workstations have to join the SKOLELINUX domain provided by the Debian Edu "
-"main server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The first thing you have to do is to enable the SKOLELINUX\\Administrator "
-"account. This account is not intended for day-to-day usage; its current main "
-"purpose is to add Windows machines to the SKOLELINUX domain. To enable this "
-"account log on to TJENER as the first user (created during main server "
-"installation) and run this command:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The password of SKOLELINUX\\Administrator has been preconfigured during the "
-"main server's installation. Please use the system's root account when "
-"authenticating as SKOLELINUX\\Administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Once you are done with your administrative work make sure to disable the "
-"SKOLELINUX\\Administrator account again:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Windows hostname"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Make sure your Windows machine has the name that you want to use in the "
-"SKOLELINUX domain. If not, rename it first (and then reboot). The NetBIOS "
-"host name of the Windows machine will later on be used in GOsa² and cannot "
-"be changed there (without breaking the domain membership for this machine)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Joining the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows XP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Joining Windows XP machines (tested with Service Pack 3) works out of the "
-"box."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"NOTE: Windows XP Home does not support domain membership; Windows XP "
-"Professional is required here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"log on to the Windows XP machine as Administrator (or any other account with "
-"Administrator privileges)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"click on \"Start\" then right-click on \"Computer\" and click on \"Properties"
-"\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "select tab \"Computer Name\" and click on \"Change...\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"under \"Member of\", select the radio button beside \"Domain:\", type "
-"SKOLELINUX and then click \"OK\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"a pop up box will request to enter credentials of an account with rights to "
-"join the domain. Type username SKOLELINUX\\Administrator and the root "
-"password, click \"OK\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"a confirmation pop up box will welcome you to the SKOLELINUX domain. "
-"Clicking on \"OK\", will result in having another message informing that a "
-"reboot for the machine is required to apply the changes. Click on \"OK\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"After the reboot, when you login the first time, click on the \"Options >"
-">\" button and select the domain SKOLELINUX instead of the local domain "
-"(\"this computer\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If joining the domain has been successful you should then be able to view "
-"the host details within GOsa² (under the menu section \"Systems\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Joining the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows Vista/7"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Joining Windows Vista/7 machines to the SKOLELINUX domain requires the "
-"installation of a registry patch on the Windows Vista/7 client. This patch "
-"is provided at this location:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"\\\\tjener\\netlogon\\win7+samba_domain-membership\\Win7_Samba3DomainMember."
-"reg"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"For further information please consult the included README_Win7-Domain-"
-"Membership.txt in the same folder. Make sure you apply this patch as a local "
-"Administrator of the Windows system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"After applying the above patch and rebooting the client system you should be "
-"able to join the SKOLELINUX domain:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"the basic system information page will open. Under \"Computer name, domain, "
-"and workgroup settings\", click on \"Change Settings\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "on the System Properties page, click on \"Change...\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "First Domain Logon"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian Edu ships some logon scripts that pre-configure the Windows user "
-"profile on first logon. When logging on to a Windows workstation that has "
-"joined the SKOLELINUX domain for the first time the following tasks are run:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"copy the user's Firefox profile to a separate location and register that "
-"with Mozilla Firefox on Windows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in Firefox"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in IE"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"add a MyHome icon to the Desktop that points to drive H: and opens Windows "
-"Explorer on double-click"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Other tasks are run on every logon. For further information on this, please "
-"refer to the <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon</computeroutput> folder on "
-"your Debian Edu main server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running "
-"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Moodle"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/moodle#\">Moodle</ulink> is "
-"a free, Open Source course management system - software designed using sound "
-"pedagogical principles to help educators create effective online learning "
-"communities. You can download and use it on any computer (including "
-"webhosts), yet it can scale from a single-teacher site to a University with "
-"200,000 students. Some schools in France use Moodle to keep track of "
-"students' facilities and credit points."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"There are <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">moodle sites</ulink> all "
-"over the world, mostly concentrated in Europe and North America. Check the "
-"site of an <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">institution</ulink> near "
-"you to get an idea about it. More information is available at the <ulink url="
-"\"http://moodle.org\">moodle project page,</ulink> including <ulink url="
-"\"http://docs.moodle.org/en/Main_Page\">documentation</ulink> and <ulink url="
-"\"http://moodle.org/support/\">support</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Teaching Prolog"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/swi-prolog#\">SWI-Prolog</"
-"ulink> is an open source implementation of the programming language Prolog, "
-"commonly used for teaching and semantic web applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Monitoring pupils"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/"
-"stable/controlaula#\">Controlaula</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages."
-"debian.org/stable/italc-master#\">iTALC</ulink> to supervise their "
-"students. See also the <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/"
-"italc/index.php?title=Main_Page\">iTALC Wiki</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status "
-"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in "
-"your jurisdiction."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Restricting pupils' network access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#"
-"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/"
-"dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Smart-Board integration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Some schools use the products of <ulink url=\"http://smarttech.com"
-"\">Smarttech</ulink> for their teaching. You need a workstation with drivers "
-"and software for this, Smarttech has published some working non-free "
-"Software in a Debian Repository as a download. A local copy of this "
-"repository needs to be put inside the school network, so that the smartboard "
-"software could be installed on our machines. So teachers and pupils can "
-"prepare for class on every computer:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Providing the repository on the main server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Download the repository as a tar.gz file from <ulink url=\"http://smarttech."
-"com/us/Support/Browse+Support/Download+Software/Software/SMART+Notebook"
-"+collaborative+learning+software/Previous+versions/SMART+Notebook+10_2+for"
-"+Linux\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"# move the tar.gz file to a repository directory on the school network's webroot (by default located on tjener):\n"
-"root at tjener:~# \n"
-"mkdir /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
-"mv smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
-"# change into the new directory\n"
-"root at tjener:~# cd /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
-"# extract the file\n"
-"root at tjener:~# tar xzvf smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Add the needed packages to the PXE installation image"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-"
-"install.dat.local</computeroutput>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://www/debian/ stable non-free\n"
-"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string SMART Repo\n"
-"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n"
-"d-i pkgsel/include string smart-activation,smart-common,smart-gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-product-drivers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Update the preseed file:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"After this, new installations via PXE will have the <ulink url=\"https://"
-"wiki.debian.org/SmartBoard#\">SmartBoard</ulink> software installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Adding the SmartBoard software manually after installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "The following instructions are for updating LTSP chroots."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Use an editor to add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources."
-"list</computeroutput> in the chroot:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"### SMART Repo\n"
-"deb http://www/debian/ stable non-free"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Start the editor like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "ltsp-chroot -a i386 editor /etc/apt/sources.list"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Add the repository key and install the software:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"ltsp-chroot -a i386 wget http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n"
-"ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-key add swbuild.asc\n"
-"ltsp-chroot -a i386 rm swbuild.asc\n"
-"# update the dpkg database and install the wanted packages\n"
-"ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude update\n"
-"ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude install smart-activation,smart-common,smart-gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-product-drivers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> are "
-"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over "
-"here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors if they are "
-"happy with moving them and putting them under the GPL - see the page "
-"histories to find them.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\"/> - "
-"incomplete but interesting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "HowTos for users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Changing passwords"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just "
-"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos "
-"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba (sambaNTPassword and "
-"sambaLMPassword) are the same."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but "
-"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² "
-"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you "
-"really should also change it using GOsa²."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Java"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Running standalone Java applications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK "
-"Java runtime."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Running Java applications in the web browser"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Running Java applets in the browser are supported out of the box by the "
-"OpenJDK Java runtime."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Using email"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; self-"
-"signed certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow "
-"mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the "
-"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local "
-"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</"
-"computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. "
-"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url="
-"\"mailto:jdoe at postoffice.intern\">jdoe at postoffice.intern</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Thunderbird"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Start Thunderbird"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Enter your email address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Uncheck 'Remember password'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Click 'Continue'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/"
-"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Click 'Done'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"First time accessing the inbox click 'Confirm Security Exception' to accept "
-"the certificate; same applies if sending mail for the first time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Obtaining a Kerberos ticket to read email on diskless workstations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If working on a diskless workstation, you don't have a Kerberos TGT by "
-"default. To get one, click the credentials button in the system tray. Enter "
-"your password and the ticket will be granted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Volume control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"On thin clients, <computeroutput>pavucontrol</computeroutput> or "
-"<computeroutput>alsamixer</computeroutput> (but not <computeroutput>kmix</"
-"computeroutput>) can be used to change audio volume."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"On other machines (workstations, LTSP servers, and diskless workstations), "
-"<computeroutput>kmix</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>alsamixer</"
-"computeroutput> can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Contribute"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Let us know you exist"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/worldmap.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid ""
-"http://www.skolelinux.no/slschools/worldmap.php?lang=en&image=worldmap."
-"png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
-"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
-"us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
-"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
-"where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about "
-"your installation, by registering in this database. To register your "
-"school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">use "
-"this web form</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Contribute locally"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of "
-"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users "
-"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and "
-"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Contribute globally"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu"
-"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, "
-"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and "
-"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. "
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New "
-"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
-"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
-"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
-"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
-"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider "
-"sharing your knowledge with us."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
-"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Stretch/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed "
-"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
-"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document "
-"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</"
-"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this "
-"book!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Support"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Volunteer based support"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "in English"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/admin-discuss\"/> - "
-"support mailing list"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do "
-"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "in Norwegian"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support "
-"mailing list"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - "
-"mailing list for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "in German"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support mailing "
-"list"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\"/> - wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "in French"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing "
-"list"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Professional support"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "New features in Debian Edu Stretch"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Known issues"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Stretch#\">the "
-"Debian Edu Stretch status page</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Installation changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url="
-"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation "
-"manual</ulink> for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/"
-"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for "
-"Debian 9 Stretch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Software updates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Linux kernel 4.9"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE "
-"0.99.2, MATE 1.16"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others "
-"see this manual."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "GOsa 2.7.4"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "LTSP 5.5.9"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url="
-"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</"
-"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/"
-"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Documentation and translation updates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates "
-"are now available in 29 languages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, "
-"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese "
-"translation was newly added for Stretch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' "
-"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown "
-"messages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost "
-"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an "
-"LDAP editor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer "
-"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some "
-"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for "
-"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system "
-"with a low uptime value is powered off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single "
-"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated "
-"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take "
-"effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are "
-"no longer allowed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Copyright and authors"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, 2009, "
-"2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, "
-"2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), "
-"Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), "
-"Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, "
-"2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy "
-"(2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, "
-"2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), "
-"Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), "
-"Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013, "
-"2014, 2015, 2016, 2017), Bernhard Hammes (2012) and Joe Hansen (2015) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
-"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! "
-"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later "
-"version\" licence."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), "
-"Rafael Rivas (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2015) and Norman Garcia (2010, 2012, "
-"2013) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2012, "
-"2014, 2015, 2016, 2017), Håvard Korsvoll (2007-2009), Tore Skogly (2008), "
-"Ole-Anders Andreassen (2010), Jan Roar Rød (2010), Ole-Erik Yrvin (2014, "
-"2016, 2017), Ingrid Yrvin (2014, 2015, 2016, 2017), Hans Arthur Kielland "
-"Aanesen (2014), Knut Yrvin (2014), FourFire Le'bard (2014), Stefan Mitchell-"
-"Lauridsen (2014) and Ragnar Wisløff (2014) and is released under the GPL v2 "
-"or any later version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
-"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007, 2009), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
-"2008, 2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007, 2009, 2011, 2014), Ludger Sicking (2008, "
-"2010), Kai Hatje (2008), Kurt Gramlich (2009), Franziska Teichert (2009), "
-"Philipp Hübner (2009), Andreas Mundt (2009, 2010) and Wolfgang Schweer "
-"(2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017) and is released under the GPL v2 or any "
-"later version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008, "
-"2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017) and Beatrice Torracca "
-"(2013, 2014) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008), Olivier "
-"Vitrat (2010), Cédric Boutillier (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015), Jean-Paul "
-"Guilloneau (2012), David Prévot (2012), Thomas Vincent (2012) and the French "
-"l10n team (2009, 2010, 2012) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later "
-"version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Danish translation is copyrighted by Joe Hansen (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, "
-"2016) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Dutch translation is copyrighted by Frans Spiesschaert (2014, 2015, "
-"2016, 2017) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Japanese translation is copyrighted by victory (2016, 2017) and is "
-"released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Polish translation is copyrighted by Stanisław Krukowski (2016, 2017) "
-"and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Simplified Chinese translation is copyrighted by Ma Yong (2016, 2017), "
-"Boyuan Yang (2017) and Roy Zhang (2017) and is released under the GPL v2 or "
-"any later version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Translations of this document"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Versions of this document translated into German, Italian, French, Danish, "
-"Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese are available. Incomplete translations "
-"exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese. There is an <ulink url="
-"\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online overview "
-"of shipped translations</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "HowTo translate this document"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Translate using PO files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in "
-"PO files. More information about the process can be found in "
-"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-stretch-"
-"manual-translations</computeroutput>. The Git repository (see below) "
-"contains this file too. Take a look there and at the <ulink url=\"https://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Contribute/Translation/Conventions#\">language "
-"specific conventions</ulink> if you want to help translating this document."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Alioth project "
-"<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. If your Alioth username differs "
-"from your local one, create or edit <computeroutput>~/.ssh/config</"
-"computeroutput>. Add a config block like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"Host git.debian.org\n"
-"User <your-alioth-username>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Then check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> source "
-"using ssh access: <computeroutput>git clone git+ssh://git.debian.org/git/"
-"debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git</computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to translate, you need to check out only a few files from "
-"Git (which can be done anonymously). Please file a bug against the debian-"
-"edu-doc package and attach the PO file to the <ulink url=\"http://bugs."
-"debian.org/debian-edu-doc\">bugreport</ulink>. See <ulink url=\"http://bugs."
-"debian.org\">instructions on how to submit bugs</ulink> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"You can check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> source "
-"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
-"<computeroutput>git</computeroutput> package installed for this to work):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>git clone git://anonscm.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc."
-"git</computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Then edit the file <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-stretch/debian-"
-"edu-stretch-manual.$CC.po</computeroutput> (replacing $CC with your language "
-"code). There are many tools for translating available; we suggest using "
-"<computeroutput>lokalize</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Then you either commit the file directly to Git (if you have the rights to "
-"do so) or send the file to the bugreport."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
-"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> directory:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-stretch-manual-"
-"translations to find information how to create a new PO file for your "
-"language if there isn't one yet, and how to update translations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. <remark>
-#. status ignore</remark>
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Please keep in mind that this manual is still under development, so don't "
-"translate any string which contains \" FIXME\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Basic information about Alioth (the host where our Git repository is "
-"located) and Git is available at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/Alioth/"
-"Git\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If you are new to Git, look at the <ulink url=\"http://git-scm.com/book"
-"\">Pro Git</ulink> book; it has a chapter on the <ulink url=\"http://git-scm."
-"com/book/en/Git-Basics-Recording-Changes-to-the-Repository\">recording "
-"changes to the repository</ulink>. Also you might want to look at the "
-"<computeroutput>gitk</computeroutput> package that provides a GUI for Git."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Translate online using a web browser"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url="
-"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-"
-"stretch/\"/> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid "Please report any problems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: CDATA
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text.\n"
-"Translations are available at https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0-translations.html."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-"
-"acht.org\">holger at layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link "
-"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of "
-"copyright owners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
-"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
-"Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) "
-"any later version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
-"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
-"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for "
-"more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
-"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
-"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
-"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
-"distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not "
-"allowed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any program "
-"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
-"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
-"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
-"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
-"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
-"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
-"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
-"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
-"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
-"is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its "
-"contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been "
-"made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the "
-"Program does."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
-"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
-"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
-"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
-"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
-"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
-"the Program."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
-"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
-"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
-"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
-"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
-"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
-"any change."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
-"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
-"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
-"all third parties under the terms of this License."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> If the modified program normally "
-"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
-"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
-"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
-"notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a "
-"warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these "
-"conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. "
-"(Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print "
-"such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to "
-"print an announcement.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
-"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
-"reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then "
-"this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you "
-"distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same "
-"sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the "
-"distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose "
-"permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each "
-"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
-"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
-"the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works "
-"based on the Program."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
-"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
-"or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this "
-"License."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
-"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
-"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
-"also do one of the following:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
-"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
-"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
-"software interchange; or,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
-"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
-"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
-"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
-"under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
-"software interchange; or,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
-"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
-"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
-"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
-"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
-"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
-"the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface "
-"definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and "
-"installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source "
-"code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in "
-"either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, "
-"and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that "
-"component itself accompanies the executable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
-"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
-"source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, "
-"even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with "
-"the object code."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
-"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
-"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
-"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
-"under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, "
-"from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long "
-"as such parties remain in full compliance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
-"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
-"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
-"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
-"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
-"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
-"its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program "
-"or works based on it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
-"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
-"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
-"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
-"further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted "
-"herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to "
-"this License."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
-"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
-"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
-"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
-"License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you "
-"cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under "
-"this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you "
-"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license "
-"would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who "
-"receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you "
-"could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from "
-"distribution of the Program."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
-"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
-"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
-"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
-"this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free "
-"software distribution system, which is implemented by public license "
-"practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range "
-"of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent "
-"application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or "
-"she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a "
-"licensee cannot impose that choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
-"consequence of the rest of this License."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
-"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
-"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
-"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
-"excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or "
-"among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates "
-"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
-"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
-"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
-"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
-"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
-"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions "
-"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free "
-"Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of "
-"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software "
-"Foundation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
-"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
-"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
-"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
-"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
-"guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of "
-"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software "
-"generally."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
-"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
-"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
-"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
-"WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT "
-"LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A "
-"PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF "
-"THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE "
-"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
-"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
-"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
-"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
-"INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO "
-"USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING "
-"RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE "
-"OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR "
-"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Stretch yet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Stretch are not available at the moment, but are "
-"being worked on..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "XFCE desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Features of the Workstation image"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
-"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
-"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the "
-"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired "
-"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "no"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "German"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "de"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "French (France)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "fr"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Greek (Greece)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "el"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Japanese"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "jp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "se_NO"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-msgid "no(smi)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by "
-"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The "
-"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Stuff to know"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Known issues with the image"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "There are no images yet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-msgid "./images/sad.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
-msgid ":("
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"The image would be (but currently isn't) available via <ulink url=\"ftp://"
-"ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-stretch-live/\">FTP</ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp."
-"skolelinux.org/cd-stretch-live/\">HTTP</ulink> or rsync from "
-"<computeroutput>ftp.skolelinux.org</computeroutput> under <computeroutput>cd-"
-"stretch-live/</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"read the release announcement on www.debian.org: <ulink url=\"https://www."
-"debian.org/News/2016/20160702.en.html\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux Jessie — a "
-"complete Linux solution for your school</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"New version of debian-installer from Debian Jessie, see <ulink url=\"http://"
-"www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> "
-"for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 8 Jessie, eg:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Linux kernel 3.16.x"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 4.11.13, GNOME 3.14, Xfce 4.10, "
-"LXDE 0.5.6"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "new optional desktop environment: MATE 1.8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "the browsers Iceweasel 31 ESR and Chromium 41"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "LibreOffice 4.3.3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 14.12"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 14.02"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "LTSP 5.5.4"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"new boot framework: systemd. More information is available in the Debian "
-"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/systemd\">systemd wiki page</ulink> and "
-"in the<ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/"
-"\">systemd manual</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Debian Jessie includes about 42000 packages available for installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"More information about Debian 8 Jessie is provided in the <ulink url="
-"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> "
-"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual"
-"\">installation manual</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Two manual translations have been completed: Dutch and Norwegian Bokmål."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Debian Edu Jessie Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian, "
-"Danish, Dutch and Norwegian Bokmål. A partly translated version exists for "
-"Spanish."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>squid</emphasis>: Shutdown and reboot of the main server takes "
-"longer than before due to a new default setting "
-"<computeroutput>shutdown_lifetime 30 seconds</computeroutput>. As an example "
-"the delay could be set to 10 seconds by appending the line "
-"<computeroutput>shutdown_lifetime 10 seconds</computeroutput> to "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/squid3/squid.conf</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>ssh</emphasis>: The root user is no longer allowed to login via "
-"SSH with password. The old default <computeroutput>PermitRootLogin yes</"
-"computeroutput> has been replaced with <computeroutput>PermitRootLogin "
-"without-password</computeroutput>, so ssh-keys will still work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>slbackup-php</emphasis>: To be able to use the slbackup-php site "
-"(which uses root logins via ssh), <computeroutput>PermitRootLogin yes</"
-"computeroutput> has to be set temporarily in <computeroutput>/etc/ssh/"
-"sshd_config</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>sugar</emphasis>: As the Sugar desktop was removed from Debian "
-"Jessie, it is also not available in Debian Edu jessie."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "New features in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "User visible changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Updated artwork and new Debian Edu / Skolelinux logo, visible during "
-"installation, in the login screen and as desktop wallpaper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"New version of debian-installer from Debian Wheezy, see <ulink url=\"http://"
-"www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> "
-"for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The DVD image was dropped, instead we added a USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc "
-"image, which behaves like the DVD image, but is too big to fit on a DVD."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Everything which is new in Debian Wheezy 7.1, eg:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Linux kernel 3.2.x"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Desktop environments KDE \"Plasma\" 4.8.4, GNOME 3.4, Xfce 4.8.6, and LXDE "
-"0.5.5 (KDE \"Plasma\" is installed by default; to choose GNOME, Xfce or "
-"LXDE: see manual.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Web browser Iceweasel 17 ESR"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "LibreOffice 3.5.4"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "LTSP 5.4.2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "CUPS print system 1.5.3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 12.01"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 12.04"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Image editor Gimp 2.8.2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Virtual universe Celestia 1.6.1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.11.3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Scratch visual programming environment 1.4.0.6"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Debian Wheezy includes about 37000 packages available for installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"More information about Debian Wheezy 7.1 is provided in the <ulink url="
-"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> "
-"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual"
-"\">installation manual</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"The Debian Edu Wheezy Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian "
-"and Danish. Partly translated versions exist for Norwegian Bokmål and "
-"Spanish."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "LDAP related changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Slight changes to some objects and acls to have more types to choose from "
-"when adding systems in GOsa. Now systems can be of type server, workstation, "
-"printer, terminal or netdevice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "Other changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "New Xfce desktop task."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "LTSP diskless workstations run without any configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"On the dedicated client network of LTSP servers (default 192.168.0.0/24), "
-"machines run by default as diskless workstations if they are powerful enough."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"GOsa gui: Now some options that seemed to be available, but are non "
-"functional, are greyed out (or are not clickable). Some tabs are completely "
-"hidden to the end user, others even to the GOsa admin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Using KDE \"Plasma\" on standalone and roaming workstations, at least "
-"Konqueror, Chromium and Step sometimes fail to work out-of-the box when the "
-"machines are used outside the backbone network, proxy use is required to use "
-"the other network but no wpad.dat information is found. Workaround: Use "
-"Iceweasel or configure the proxy manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-msgid "Historic information about older releases"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch "
-"released 2007-04-08."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released "
-"2005-06-06."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-msgid ""
-"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody "
-"released 2002-07-19."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink "
-"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC"
-"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release "
-"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation"
-"\">release manuals page</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-msgid "More information on even older releases"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-msgid ""
-"More information on even older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://"
-"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\"/>."
-msgstr ""
--
Alioth's /usr/local/bin/git-commit-notice on /srv/git.debian.org/git/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list